1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
99 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
103 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
105 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
106 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
108 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
110 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
111 #if defined USE_MOTIF
112 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
113 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
114 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
117 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
120 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
121 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
123 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
125 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
126 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
127 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
128 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
130 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
134 #ifndef XtNinitialState
135 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
139 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
143 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
148 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
151 static int any_help_event_p
;
153 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
154 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
156 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
159 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
161 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
162 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
163 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
164 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
166 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
168 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
169 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
170 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
171 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
173 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
175 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
177 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
179 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
184 } pending_event_wait
;
187 /* The application context for Xt use. */
188 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
189 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
191 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
193 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
194 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
196 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
197 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
198 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
200 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
204 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
205 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
206 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
207 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
209 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
211 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
212 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
213 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
214 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
215 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
216 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
217 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
218 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
219 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
222 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
224 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
225 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
226 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
228 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
230 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
231 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
234 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
235 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
238 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
240 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
241 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
242 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
243 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
244 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
245 it's somewhat accurate. */
247 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
249 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
251 static Time last_user_time
;
253 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
257 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
259 static int input_signal_count
;
262 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
264 static int x_noop_count
;
266 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
268 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
269 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
272 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
273 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
275 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
276 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
279 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
280 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
284 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
289 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
290 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
291 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
292 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
294 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
295 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
296 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
298 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
299 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
300 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
301 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
302 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
305 /* Used in x_flush. */
307 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
308 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
309 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
310 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
311 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
312 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
314 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
315 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
316 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
317 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
318 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
319 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
320 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
321 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int) NO_RETURN
;
323 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
324 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
325 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
326 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
327 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
328 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
329 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
330 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
331 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
332 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
333 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
334 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
336 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
337 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
338 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
339 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
340 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
341 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
342 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
343 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
344 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
346 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
347 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
348 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
349 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
350 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
351 int *, struct input_event
*);
353 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
355 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
356 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
357 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
358 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
359 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, int);
360 static void x_initialize (void);
363 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
366 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
368 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
369 connection may be broken. */
370 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
376 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
377 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
378 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
379 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
381 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
382 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
387 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
388 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
389 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
390 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
391 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
394 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
397 /***********************************************************************
399 ***********************************************************************/
403 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
404 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
412 struct record event_record
[100];
414 int event_record_index
;
417 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
419 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
420 event_record_index
= 0;
422 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
423 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
424 event_record_index
++;
431 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
433 struct x_display_info
*
434 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
436 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
438 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
439 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
445 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
448 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
450 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
451 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
452 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
454 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
457 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
462 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
463 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
464 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
465 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
469 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
471 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
474 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
476 /* return unless necessary */
481 unsigned long n
, left
;
483 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
484 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
485 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
486 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
489 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
491 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
492 XFree ((void *) data
);
501 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
503 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
508 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
510 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
514 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
516 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
520 /***********************************************************************
521 Starting and ending an update
522 ***********************************************************************/
524 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
525 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
526 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
527 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
528 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
531 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
537 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
538 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
542 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
544 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
545 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
548 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
552 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
554 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
555 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
557 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
559 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
560 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
567 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
570 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
572 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
575 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
577 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
580 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
581 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
584 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
586 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
587 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
589 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
590 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
591 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
593 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
594 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
598 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
600 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
602 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
607 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
609 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
611 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
612 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
617 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
618 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
619 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
621 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
622 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
623 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
626 updated_window
= NULL
;
630 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
634 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
636 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
637 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
641 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
647 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
648 complete update has been performed. The global variable
649 updated_window is not available here. */
652 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
656 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
658 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
659 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
662 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
663 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
664 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
665 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
666 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
673 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
674 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
675 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
676 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
677 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
678 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
681 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
683 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
689 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
690 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
692 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
693 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
694 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
695 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
696 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
697 overhead is very small. */
698 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
699 && desired_row
->full_width_p
700 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
701 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
703 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
706 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
709 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
710 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
711 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
712 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
713 y
, width
, height
, False
);
719 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
721 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
722 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
723 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
724 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
725 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
727 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
728 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
732 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
734 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
735 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
736 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
737 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
739 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
741 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
743 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
744 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
745 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
746 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
747 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
748 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
749 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
750 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
752 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
756 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
757 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
758 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
762 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
763 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
764 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
765 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
769 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
771 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
772 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
774 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
779 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
781 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
782 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
784 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
785 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
790 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
791 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
794 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
800 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
801 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
805 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
807 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
809 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
811 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
813 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
814 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
816 face
->background
, depth
);
820 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
821 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
824 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
825 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
826 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
827 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
830 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
831 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
832 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
836 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
837 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
838 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
842 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
847 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
848 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
849 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
853 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
857 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
858 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
861 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
866 /***********************************************************************
868 ***********************************************************************/
872 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
873 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
874 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
876 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
877 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
878 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int) NO_RETURN
;
881 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
884 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
886 unsigned long *, double, int);
887 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
888 double, int, unsigned long);
889 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
890 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
891 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
892 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
893 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
894 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
896 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
897 int, int, int, int, int, int,
899 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
900 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
901 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
904 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
908 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
912 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
914 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
915 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
916 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
918 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
921 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
925 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
926 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
928 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
929 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
930 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
931 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
932 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
933 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
934 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
936 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
937 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
938 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
940 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
941 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
944 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
945 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
946 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
948 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
949 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
952 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
953 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
955 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
960 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
963 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
968 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
969 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
970 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
972 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
974 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
975 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
977 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
978 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
979 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
981 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
985 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
990 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
991 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
992 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
993 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
995 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
996 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
999 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1000 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1002 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1005 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1009 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1010 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1011 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1014 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1016 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1020 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1021 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1025 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1027 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1029 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1031 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1032 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1034 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1036 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1037 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1039 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1041 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1044 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1046 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1047 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1049 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1050 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1052 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1053 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1057 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1058 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1061 /* GC must have been set. */
1062 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1066 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1067 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1070 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1072 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1073 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1076 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1081 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1082 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1086 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1091 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1093 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1096 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1101 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1104 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1107 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1108 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1110 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1112 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1114 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1115 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1118 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1119 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1120 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1124 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1126 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1128 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1129 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1130 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1134 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1135 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1140 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1143 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1146 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1147 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1148 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1149 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1153 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1154 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1155 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1156 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1157 contains the first component of a composition. */
1160 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1162 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1163 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1164 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1166 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1170 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1171 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1172 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1173 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1174 s
->background_width
,
1175 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1176 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1177 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1179 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1180 || s
->font_not_found_p
1181 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1184 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1185 s
->background_width
,
1186 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1187 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1193 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1196 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1200 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1201 of S to the right of that box line. */
1202 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1203 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1204 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1208 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1210 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1212 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1214 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1215 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1216 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1218 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1223 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1224 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1227 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1228 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1230 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1232 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1233 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1235 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1236 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1237 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1241 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1244 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1247 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1249 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1250 of S to the right of that box line. */
1251 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1252 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1253 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1257 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1258 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1259 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1260 this composition. */
1262 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1263 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1264 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1266 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1267 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1268 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1270 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1274 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1275 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1277 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1278 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1280 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1281 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1282 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1287 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1292 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1294 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1295 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1296 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1299 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1303 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1304 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1305 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1308 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1309 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1310 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1311 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1312 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1313 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1321 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1322 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1323 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1329 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1332 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1334 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1338 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1339 of S to the right of that box line. */
1340 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1341 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1342 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1348 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1350 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1351 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1353 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1356 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1357 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1361 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1362 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1363 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1364 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1365 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1366 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1369 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1371 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1372 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1373 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1379 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1382 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1383 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1385 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1386 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1388 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1389 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1390 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1392 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1393 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1394 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1397 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1398 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1399 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1400 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1401 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1402 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1406 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1408 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1409 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1410 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1411 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1412 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1415 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1416 cannot be determined. */
1418 static struct frame
*
1419 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1421 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1425 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1427 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1428 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1429 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1430 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1431 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1432 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1434 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1435 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1436 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1437 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1438 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1440 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1441 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1442 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1451 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1452 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1453 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1454 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1455 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1456 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1459 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1460 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1462 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1463 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1469 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1470 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1472 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1474 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1476 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1481 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1482 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1484 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1487 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1489 DPY is the display we are working on.
1491 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1492 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1493 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1494 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1496 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1497 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1499 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1500 we allocated the color or not.
1502 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1505 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1506 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1507 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1517 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1518 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1520 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1524 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1525 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1526 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1528 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1530 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1531 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1533 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1535 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1536 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1538 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1539 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1541 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1542 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1547 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1549 params
[0] = color_name
;
1550 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1551 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1552 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1557 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1559 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1561 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1565 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1569 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1570 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1573 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1578 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1579 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1580 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1582 APP is the application context in which we work.
1584 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1585 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1586 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1588 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1591 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1596 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1598 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1601 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1603 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1604 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1605 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1606 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1607 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1612 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1615 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1616 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1617 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1618 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1620 static const XColor
*
1621 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1623 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1625 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1627 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1630 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1631 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1632 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1633 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1634 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1636 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1637 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1639 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1640 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1643 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1644 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1648 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1649 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1652 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1654 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1656 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1659 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1661 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1662 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1663 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1664 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1668 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1672 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1673 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1676 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1678 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1682 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1683 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1684 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1688 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1692 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1695 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1696 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1697 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1698 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1700 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~ (unsigned long) 0;
1702 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1704 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1706 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1707 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1708 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1709 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1711 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1714 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1718 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1719 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1720 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1721 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1725 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1726 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1727 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1728 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1729 XColor
*cached_color
;
1731 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1732 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1733 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1734 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1735 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1737 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1738 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1739 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1743 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1745 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1746 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1752 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1753 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1754 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1758 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1760 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1761 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1765 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1766 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1767 get color reference counts right. */
1770 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1774 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1776 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1777 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1779 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1780 register_color (pixel
);
1786 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1789 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1790 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1791 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1792 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1793 use an additional additive factor.
1795 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1796 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1797 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1800 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1801 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1802 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1803 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1804 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1805 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1808 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1814 /* Get RGB color values. */
1815 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1816 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1818 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1819 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1820 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1821 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1822 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1824 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1825 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1827 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1828 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1829 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1830 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1831 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1833 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1834 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1835 /* The additive adjustment. */
1836 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1840 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1841 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1842 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1846 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1847 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1848 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1852 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1853 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1856 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1858 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1859 delta to the RGB values. */
1860 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1862 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1863 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1864 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1865 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1876 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1877 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1878 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1879 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1880 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1881 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1884 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1887 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1888 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1889 unsigned long pixel
;
1890 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1891 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1892 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1893 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1895 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1896 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1898 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1899 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1900 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1902 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1904 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1905 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1908 /* Allocate new color. */
1909 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1911 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1912 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1914 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1915 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1918 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1920 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1922 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1925 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1929 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1932 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1934 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1935 unsigned long color
;
1937 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1938 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1939 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1941 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1942 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1947 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1948 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1949 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1952 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1953 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1955 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1956 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1957 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1958 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1959 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1964 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1965 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1966 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1967 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1968 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1969 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1973 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1974 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1975 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1976 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1978 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1979 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1984 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1986 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1987 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1989 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1990 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1991 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1998 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1999 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2000 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2002 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2003 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2004 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2005 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2012 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2014 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2015 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2017 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2018 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2019 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2022 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2024 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2026 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2027 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2031 /* Outermost top line. */
2033 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2034 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2035 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2037 /* Outermost left line. */
2039 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2045 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2046 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2047 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2048 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2051 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2057 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2058 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2059 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2060 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2061 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2064 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2068 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2069 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2070 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2071 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2072 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2073 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2076 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2077 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2078 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2082 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2083 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2084 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2087 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2088 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2092 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2093 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2096 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2097 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2101 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2102 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2104 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2105 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2109 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2112 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2114 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2115 int left_p
, right_p
;
2116 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2117 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2119 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2120 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2121 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2123 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2124 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2126 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2128 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2129 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2131 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2133 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2135 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2137 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2138 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2140 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2141 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2142 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2144 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2146 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2148 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2149 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2150 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2153 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2154 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2155 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2160 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2163 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2166 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2168 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2169 right of that line. */
2170 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2171 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2173 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2175 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2177 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2178 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2179 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2180 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2186 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2187 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2188 trust on the shape extension to be available
2189 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2191 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2194 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2196 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2197 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2198 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2199 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2200 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2202 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2205 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2206 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2207 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2208 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2209 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2210 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2214 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2216 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2219 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2220 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2221 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2222 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2223 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2224 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2226 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2227 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2228 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2229 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2230 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2231 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2232 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2234 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2235 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2236 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2237 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2238 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2239 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2244 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2245 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2246 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2250 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2253 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2255 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2258 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2260 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2261 right of that line. */
2262 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2263 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2265 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2267 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2269 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2270 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2271 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2272 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2274 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2275 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2277 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2278 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2282 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2283 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2286 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2287 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2289 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2290 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2291 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2292 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2294 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2295 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2296 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2298 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2300 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2305 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2308 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2311 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2313 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2314 right of that line. */
2315 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2316 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2318 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2320 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2322 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2323 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2324 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2325 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2331 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2332 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2333 trust on the shape extension to be available
2334 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2336 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2340 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2341 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2342 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2343 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2344 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2346 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2347 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2348 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2349 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2353 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2354 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2355 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2357 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2358 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2359 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2360 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2361 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2362 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2363 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2365 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2367 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2368 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2369 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2374 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2375 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2376 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2380 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2381 give the rectangle to draw. */
2384 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2388 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2389 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2390 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2391 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2394 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2398 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2401 s->x +-------------------------
2404 | +-------------------------
2407 | | +-------------------
2413 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2415 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2416 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2418 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2421 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2422 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2423 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2424 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2426 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2427 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2429 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2430 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2434 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2435 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2439 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2440 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2441 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2442 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2443 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2445 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2446 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2447 s
->background_width
,
2450 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2452 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2454 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2457 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2458 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2459 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2460 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2461 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2462 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2463 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2468 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2470 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2471 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2472 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2473 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2481 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2483 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2485 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2486 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2488 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2491 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2494 /* Draw the foreground. */
2497 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2498 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2499 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2500 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2501 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2504 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2506 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2508 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2509 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2510 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2514 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2517 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2519 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2521 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2522 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2524 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2525 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2526 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2529 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2531 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2535 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2541 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2543 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2545 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2546 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2547 x
+= background_width
;
2549 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2550 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2554 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2556 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2557 if (width
< background_width
)
2560 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2564 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2568 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2569 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2571 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2577 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2578 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2580 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2582 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2583 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2584 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2585 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2590 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2591 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2592 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2593 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2597 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2599 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2600 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2602 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2603 except for header line and mode line. */
2604 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2606 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2609 if (background_width
> 0)
2610 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2613 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2617 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2620 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2622 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2624 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2625 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2626 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2627 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2630 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2632 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2633 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2634 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2635 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2637 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2638 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2639 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2640 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2642 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2643 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2647 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2648 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2650 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2651 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2652 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2653 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2654 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2655 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2658 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2659 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2660 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2661 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2664 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2666 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2667 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2668 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2669 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2670 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2673 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2675 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2678 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2682 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2686 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2687 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2689 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2690 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2693 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2694 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2695 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2696 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2698 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2699 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2702 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2703 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2704 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2706 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2707 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2714 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2716 /* Draw underline. */
2717 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2719 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2722 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2724 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2725 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2726 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2730 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2731 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2732 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2735 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2736 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2739 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2740 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2741 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2742 specs, and its default is
2744 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2745 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2747 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2748 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2749 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2751 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2753 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2755 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2757 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2758 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2759 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2760 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2761 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2762 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2763 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2764 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2765 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2766 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2767 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2768 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2772 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2773 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2774 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2775 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2776 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2780 /* Draw overline. */
2781 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2783 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2785 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2786 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2791 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2792 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2793 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2795 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2799 /* Draw strike-through. */
2800 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2802 unsigned long h
= 1;
2803 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2805 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2806 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2811 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2812 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2813 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2815 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2819 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2820 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2821 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2825 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2827 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2828 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2829 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2831 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2832 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2833 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2836 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2837 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2838 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2839 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2841 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2842 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2844 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2850 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2852 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2853 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2854 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2856 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2857 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2858 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2861 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2862 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2863 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2864 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2866 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2867 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2869 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2874 /* Reset clipping. */
2875 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2879 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2882 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2884 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2885 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2886 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2890 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2894 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2900 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2901 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2904 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2906 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2907 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2911 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2914 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2916 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2918 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2919 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2920 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2922 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2923 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2926 /* The following call is commented out because it does not seem to accomplish
2927 anything, apart from causing flickering during window resize. */
2928 /* XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); */
2930 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2931 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2932 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2934 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2935 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2936 redisplay, do it here. */
2937 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2938 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2941 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2948 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2950 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2951 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2953 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2956 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2957 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2960 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2962 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2963 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2964 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2966 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2967 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2971 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2973 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2974 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2978 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2980 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2981 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2983 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2985 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2989 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2995 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2996 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2997 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2999 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3000 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3001 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3002 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3004 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3008 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3011 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3012 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3013 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3014 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3015 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3016 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3017 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3018 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3019 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3022 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3023 pixels into background pixels. */
3027 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3028 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3029 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3031 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3032 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3036 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3037 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3038 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3039 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3040 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3041 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3042 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3046 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3047 edge it is next to. */
3048 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3050 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3051 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3054 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3055 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3062 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3064 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3065 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3067 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3069 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3070 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3071 width
, flash_height
);
3072 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3074 (height
- flash_height
3075 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3076 width
, flash_height
);
3080 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3081 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3082 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3083 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3088 struct timeval wakeup
;
3090 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3092 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3093 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3094 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3095 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3097 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3099 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3101 struct timeval current
;
3102 struct timeval timeout
;
3104 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3106 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3107 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3110 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3112 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3114 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3115 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3119 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3120 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3122 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3124 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3125 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3126 width
, flash_height
);
3127 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3129 (height
- flash_height
3130 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3131 width
, flash_height
);
3134 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3135 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3136 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3137 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3143 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3145 #undef XFillRectangle
3147 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3156 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3160 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3165 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3166 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3167 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3170 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3171 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3172 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3177 /* Make audible bell. */
3180 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3182 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3184 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3191 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3192 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3199 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3200 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3201 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3202 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3205 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3207 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3212 /***********************************************************************
3214 ***********************************************************************/
3216 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3217 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3220 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3226 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3229 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3231 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3232 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3234 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3235 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3237 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3239 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3240 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3241 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3242 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3243 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3244 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3245 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3246 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3248 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3252 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3253 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3254 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3256 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3258 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3259 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3261 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3262 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3267 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3268 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3269 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3273 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3274 line at the bottom. */
3275 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3276 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3278 height
= run
->height
;
3282 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3284 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3285 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3287 height
= run
->height
;
3292 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3296 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3297 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3298 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3308 /***********************************************************************
3310 ***********************************************************************/
3314 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3316 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3317 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3318 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3319 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3321 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3322 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3324 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3325 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3329 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3331 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3332 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3333 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3334 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3336 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3337 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3339 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3340 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3343 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3344 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3345 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3346 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3347 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3350 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3352 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3354 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3356 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3357 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3358 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3360 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3361 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3363 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3364 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3366 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3369 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3372 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3373 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3374 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3377 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3379 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3381 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3383 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3384 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3386 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3387 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3388 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3389 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3390 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3392 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3393 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3397 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3400 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3401 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3404 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3406 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3408 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3410 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3411 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3415 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3416 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3418 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3419 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3423 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3424 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3426 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3429 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3431 struct frame
*frame
;
3433 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3437 switch (event
->type
)
3442 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3444 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3446 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3447 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3448 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3449 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3451 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3457 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3458 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3459 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3460 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3464 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3466 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3467 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3468 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3475 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3476 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3479 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3481 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3485 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3486 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3487 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3489 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3490 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3491 the appropriate X display info. */
3494 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3496 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3500 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3502 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3504 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3506 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3507 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3508 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3509 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3510 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3512 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3513 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3517 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3519 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3522 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3523 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3524 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3530 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3532 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3534 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3536 int min_code
, max_code
;
3539 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3541 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3542 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3543 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3544 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3545 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3547 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3549 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3550 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3552 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3554 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3555 Alt keysyms are on. */
3557 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3558 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3560 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3562 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3563 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3565 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3567 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3571 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3575 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3577 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3583 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3584 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3589 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3590 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3595 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3596 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3597 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3598 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3603 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3604 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3605 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3606 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3610 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3611 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3612 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3613 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3614 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3623 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3624 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3626 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3627 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3630 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3631 make them just meta, not alt. */
3632 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3634 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3637 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3638 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3641 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3645 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3647 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3648 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3649 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3650 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3653 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3654 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3655 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3656 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3657 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3658 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3659 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3660 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3663 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3664 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3665 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3666 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3667 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3668 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3672 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3674 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3675 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3676 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3677 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3681 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3682 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3683 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3684 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3685 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3686 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3687 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3688 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3691 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3692 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3693 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3694 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3695 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3696 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3699 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3702 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3707 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3715 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3717 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3719 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3723 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3725 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3727 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3728 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3729 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3730 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3732 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3736 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3737 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3738 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3744 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3745 The input handler calls this.
3747 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3748 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3749 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3750 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3752 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3753 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3756 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3758 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3759 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3760 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3762 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3765 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3767 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3768 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3769 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3770 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3775 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3776 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3777 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3778 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3779 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3780 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3782 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3783 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3784 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3785 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3786 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3787 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3795 /************************************************************************
3797 ************************************************************************/
3800 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3802 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3803 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3804 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3805 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3806 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3811 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3812 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3814 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3815 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3816 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3817 position on the scroll bar.
3819 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3820 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3823 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3824 was at this position.
3826 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3828 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3832 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3833 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3840 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3841 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3847 Window dummy_window
;
3850 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3852 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3853 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3854 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3855 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3856 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3858 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3860 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3861 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3862 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3864 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3867 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3868 a different screen. */
3871 /* The position on that root window. */
3874 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3877 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3879 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3881 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3882 containing the pointer. */
3886 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3890 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3891 structure is changing at the same time this function
3892 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3894 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3896 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3897 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3899 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3900 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3901 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3903 /* From-window, to-window. */
3904 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3906 /* From-position, to-position. */
3907 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3911 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3917 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3919 /* From-window, to-window. */
3922 /* From-position, to-position. */
3923 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3928 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3931 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3932 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3933 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3934 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3935 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3943 /* Now we know that:
3944 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3945 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3946 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3947 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3948 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3949 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3950 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3951 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3952 never use them in that case.) */
3955 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3956 want the edit window. */
3957 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3959 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3960 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3963 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3964 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3967 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3968 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3970 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3973 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3976 x_uncatch_errors ();
3978 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3981 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3983 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3987 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3993 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3994 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3998 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3999 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4000 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4001 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4002 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4003 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4004 the frame are divided into. */
4006 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4007 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4012 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4013 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4014 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4024 /***********************************************************************
4026 ***********************************************************************/
4028 /* Scroll bar support. */
4030 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4032 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4035 static struct scroll_bar
*
4036 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4040 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4041 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4042 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4044 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4046 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4048 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4049 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4050 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4053 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4056 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4058 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4059 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4060 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4061 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4062 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4065 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4066 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4067 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4068 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4075 #if defined USE_LUCID
4077 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4078 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4081 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4085 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4087 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4089 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4090 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4092 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4100 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4103 /************************************************************************
4105 ************************************************************************/
4107 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4109 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4110 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4111 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4112 struct scroll_bar
*);
4113 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4117 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4118 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4120 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4122 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4124 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4126 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4127 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4130 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4132 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4134 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4136 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4137 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4138 to avoid jerkyness. */
4140 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4142 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4143 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4144 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4145 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4148 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4149 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4152 const char *end_action
;
4155 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4156 end_action
= "Release";
4157 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4158 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4159 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4160 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4163 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4164 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4168 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4169 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4170 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4172 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4174 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4175 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4176 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4178 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4179 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4181 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4182 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4185 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4187 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4188 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4190 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4191 static size_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4194 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4195 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4196 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4197 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4200 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4203 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4204 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4205 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4210 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4211 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4212 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4213 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4214 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4217 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4218 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4219 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4220 into that array in the event. */
4221 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4222 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4225 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4227 size_t new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4228 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4229 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4231 if ((size_t) -1 / sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
< new_size
)
4232 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
4233 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4235 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4236 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4239 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4240 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4241 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4242 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4243 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4244 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4246 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4247 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4248 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4249 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4252 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4253 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4254 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4255 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4260 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4264 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4266 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4270 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4271 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4273 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4275 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4276 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4279 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4282 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4284 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4285 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4286 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4287 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4288 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4294 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4296 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4299 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4300 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4301 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4304 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4306 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4307 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4308 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4312 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4313 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4314 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4317 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4318 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4319 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4322 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4323 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4324 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4327 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4328 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4329 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4333 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4334 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4337 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4338 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4339 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4346 /* Get the slider size. */
4348 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4351 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4352 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4353 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4354 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4358 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4364 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4365 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4366 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4370 #elif defined USE_GTK
4372 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4373 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4376 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4377 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4381 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4383 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4384 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4385 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4387 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4388 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4393 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4394 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4395 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4396 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4398 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4399 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4400 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4401 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4402 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4405 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4406 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4407 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4409 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4410 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4411 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4413 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4414 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4415 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4417 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4418 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4419 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4425 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4426 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4427 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4433 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4436 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4437 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4440 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4441 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4442 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4444 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4445 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4446 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4453 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4455 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4456 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4457 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4461 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4463 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4464 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4466 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4469 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4471 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4475 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4477 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4478 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4479 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4480 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4481 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4483 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4485 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4487 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4488 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4489 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4490 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4494 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4495 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4496 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4497 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4498 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4499 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4500 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4503 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4505 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4506 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4507 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4511 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4513 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4516 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4517 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4519 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4520 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4521 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4522 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4524 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4526 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4527 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4528 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4529 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4532 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4534 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4536 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4537 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4541 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4543 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4546 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4547 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4552 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4555 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4561 char const *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4562 unsigned long pixel
;
4567 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4568 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4569 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4570 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4571 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4572 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4573 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4574 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4576 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4579 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4583 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4586 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4590 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4591 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4593 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4594 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4596 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4598 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4600 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4602 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4604 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4606 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4609 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4610 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4612 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4613 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4614 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4615 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4617 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4619 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4620 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4621 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4622 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4623 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4625 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4626 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4628 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4631 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4635 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4638 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4642 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4644 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4645 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4647 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4650 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4651 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4652 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4654 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4657 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4659 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4662 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4663 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4664 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4666 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4670 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4671 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4672 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4673 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4674 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4675 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4676 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4679 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4680 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4684 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4685 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4686 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4688 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4690 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4693 /* Specify the colors. */
4694 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4697 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4700 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4703 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4709 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4710 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4713 char const *initial
= "";
4714 char const *val
= initial
;
4715 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4716 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4717 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4719 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4720 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4721 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4722 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4723 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4724 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4728 /* Define callbacks. */
4729 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4730 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4733 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4734 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4736 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4738 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4739 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4740 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4741 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4743 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4744 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4745 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4746 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4750 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4753 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4754 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4758 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4760 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4763 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4765 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4768 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4769 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4776 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4777 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4778 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4779 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4780 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4781 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4782 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4783 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4784 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4785 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4786 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4787 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4788 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4789 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4796 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4797 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4800 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4804 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4805 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4807 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4808 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4809 size
= max (size
, 1);
4811 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4812 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4813 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4815 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4817 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4823 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4824 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4828 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4830 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4831 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4832 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4836 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4837 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4838 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4841 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4842 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4844 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4845 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4846 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4847 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4849 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4850 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4853 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4854 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4855 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4857 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4861 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4865 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4867 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4871 /************************************************************************
4872 Scroll bars, general
4873 ************************************************************************/
4875 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4876 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4877 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4880 static struct scroll_bar
*
4881 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4883 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4884 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4885 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4889 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4890 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4891 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4893 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4897 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4898 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4899 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4901 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4902 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4904 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4906 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4908 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4909 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4910 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4911 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4912 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4914 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4916 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4917 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4918 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4920 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4922 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4929 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4931 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4937 bar
->height
= height
;
4940 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4941 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4943 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4944 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4946 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4947 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4948 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4950 /* Map the window/widget. */
4951 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4954 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4957 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4958 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4960 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4961 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4962 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4963 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4965 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4966 max (height
, 1), 0);
4967 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4968 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4970 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4971 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4972 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4979 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4981 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4983 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4984 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4985 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4988 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4989 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4990 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4991 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4992 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4995 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4997 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4998 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4999 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5000 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5002 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5004 && start
== bar
->start
5011 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5012 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5013 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5015 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5016 the distance between start and end. */
5018 int length
= end
- start
;
5022 else if (start
> top_range
)
5024 end
= start
+ length
;
5028 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5032 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5036 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5037 if (end
> top_range
)
5040 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5041 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5042 that many pixels tall. */
5043 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5045 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5046 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5048 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5049 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5050 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5051 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5052 inside_width
, start
,
5055 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5056 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5057 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5058 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5060 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5061 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5062 /* x, y, width, height */
5063 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5064 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5065 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5067 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5068 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5069 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5070 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5072 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5073 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5074 if (end
< inside_height
)
5075 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5076 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5077 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5078 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5079 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5087 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5089 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5093 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5095 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5098 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5100 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5101 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5102 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5103 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5105 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5108 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5109 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5115 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5116 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5117 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5121 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5123 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5124 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5125 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5126 int window_y
, window_height
;
5127 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5128 int fringe_extended_p
;
5131 /* Get window dimensions. */
5132 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5134 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5135 height
= window_height
;
5137 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5138 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5140 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5141 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5142 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5143 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5147 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5148 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5149 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5150 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5152 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5154 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5155 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5160 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5161 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5162 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5163 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5164 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5165 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5167 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5168 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5169 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5170 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5173 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5174 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5176 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5179 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5180 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5181 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5182 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5185 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5186 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5190 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5194 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5195 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5197 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5201 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5203 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5205 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5207 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5210 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5212 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5213 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5215 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5216 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5217 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5219 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5220 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5221 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5223 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5224 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5227 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5230 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5231 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5233 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5234 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5235 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5237 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5238 max (height
, 1), 0);
5239 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5241 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5243 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5244 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5245 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5247 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5248 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5250 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5251 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5252 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5256 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5257 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5258 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5261 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5262 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5263 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5265 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5266 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5267 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5268 rest
, height
, False
);
5270 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5271 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5275 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5280 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5282 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5284 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5288 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5290 /* Remember new settings. */
5291 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5293 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5294 bar
->height
= height
;
5299 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5300 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5302 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5303 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5304 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5306 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5308 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5311 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5314 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5315 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5316 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5319 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5321 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5325 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5326 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5327 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5328 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5329 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5330 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5331 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5333 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5334 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5335 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5338 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5340 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5341 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5344 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5345 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5346 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5347 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5348 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5349 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5350 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5355 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5356 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5359 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5361 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5364 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5365 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5368 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5370 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5371 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5372 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5374 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5376 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5377 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5379 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5380 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5381 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5383 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5384 one or the other! */
5388 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5390 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5391 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5393 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5395 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5396 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5397 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5400 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5401 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5404 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5406 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5408 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5410 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5411 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5412 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5414 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5416 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5418 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5421 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5424 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5425 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5429 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5430 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5431 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5433 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5437 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5439 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5440 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5441 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5442 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5446 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5448 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5449 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5450 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5451 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5453 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5454 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5456 /* x, y, width, height */
5458 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5461 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5462 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5463 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5464 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5469 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5471 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5472 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5474 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5479 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5481 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5484 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5485 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5486 emacs_event
->modifiers
5487 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5488 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5489 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5490 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5493 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5494 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5495 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5498 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5499 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5502 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5505 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5506 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5507 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5509 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5511 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5512 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5513 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5514 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5516 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5517 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5519 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5520 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5524 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5525 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5529 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5531 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5533 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5537 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5539 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5541 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5544 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5546 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5547 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5549 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5550 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5552 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5554 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5556 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5561 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5563 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5564 on the scroll bar. */
5567 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5568 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5569 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5571 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5572 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5573 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5575 Window dummy_window
;
5577 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5581 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5583 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5585 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5586 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5587 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5589 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5592 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5598 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5600 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5602 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5603 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5607 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5611 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5613 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5614 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5615 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5616 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5617 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5618 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5620 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5622 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5623 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5626 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5629 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5635 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5636 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5637 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5641 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5643 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5646 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5647 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5648 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5649 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5650 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5651 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5652 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5653 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5655 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5659 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5661 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5662 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5663 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5664 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5666 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5667 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5669 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5671 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5672 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5674 static int temp_index
;
5675 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5677 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5678 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5680 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5682 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5683 on a particular display. */
5685 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5687 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5688 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5689 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5690 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5692 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5694 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5695 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5698 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5699 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5700 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5701 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5702 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5703 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5715 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5716 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5717 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5719 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5721 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5725 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5727 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5728 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5729 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5732 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5733 event
->xclient
.window
);
5735 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5740 static int current_count
;
5741 static int current_finish
;
5742 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5744 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5745 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5746 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5747 static GdkFilterReturn
5748 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5750 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5753 if (current_count
>= 0)
5755 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5757 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5760 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5761 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5762 so we do it here. */
5763 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5765 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5768 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5773 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5776 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5780 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5784 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5785 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5787 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5789 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5792 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5793 enum xembed_message
,
5794 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5796 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5798 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5799 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5800 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5802 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5805 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5806 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5809 struct input_event ie
;
5810 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5815 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5816 struct coding_system coding
;
5817 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5818 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5820 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5822 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5823 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5826 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5827 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5833 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5834 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5835 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5837 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5838 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5840 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5841 could be the shell widget window
5842 if the frame has no title bar. */
5843 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5845 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5846 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5847 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5849 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5850 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5851 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5852 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5853 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5856 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5857 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5858 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5859 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5862 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5863 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5864 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5867 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5868 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5869 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5871 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5872 /* The ICCCM says this is
5873 the only valid choice. */
5875 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5876 /* This is needed to detect the error
5877 if there is an error. */
5879 x_uncatch_errors ();
5881 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5886 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5887 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5889 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5890 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5891 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5892 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5893 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5894 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5895 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5896 session manager and one for this. */
5898 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5901 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5902 event
.xclient
.window
);
5903 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5904 for a single Emacs process. */
5905 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5906 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5907 event
.xclient
.window
,
5908 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5910 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5911 event
.xclient
.window
,
5917 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5918 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5920 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5921 event
.xclient
.window
);
5923 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5925 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5926 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5933 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5934 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5939 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5940 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5943 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5945 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5946 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5950 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5957 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5958 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5960 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5962 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5966 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5968 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5969 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5970 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5971 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5973 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5974 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5975 currently never do because we are interested in
5976 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5977 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5978 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5981 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5982 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5986 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5987 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5988 we construct an input_event. */
5989 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5990 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5992 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5993 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5996 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5998 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5999 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6000 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6002 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6003 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6004 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6006 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6010 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6012 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6015 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6016 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6020 case SelectionNotify
:
6021 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6022 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6023 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6025 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6026 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6029 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6030 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6031 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6032 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6034 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6036 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6038 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6039 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6040 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6041 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6042 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6046 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6047 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6048 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6049 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6051 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6053 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6055 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6056 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6057 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6058 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6059 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6060 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6061 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6062 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6066 case PropertyNotify
:
6067 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6068 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6069 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6070 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6072 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6073 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6076 case ReparentNotify
:
6077 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6081 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6082 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6086 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6087 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6088 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6093 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6097 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6098 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6099 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6100 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6101 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6104 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6106 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6107 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6108 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6109 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6113 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6114 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6118 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6119 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6121 #if defined USE_LUCID
6122 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6123 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6124 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6127 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6129 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6131 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6133 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6134 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6136 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6137 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6138 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6141 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6142 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6146 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6150 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6151 source area was obscured or not
6153 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6157 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6158 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6159 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6161 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6164 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6167 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6168 source area was completely
6173 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6174 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6177 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6180 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6181 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6182 the frame was deleted. */
6184 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6185 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6186 display that won't ever be seen. */
6187 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6188 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6189 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6190 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6191 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6192 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6193 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6194 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6196 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6198 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6199 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6205 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6206 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6207 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6210 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6211 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6212 frame is visible. */
6213 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6216 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6217 the frame's display structures.
6218 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6219 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6220 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6221 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6222 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6223 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6225 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6226 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6227 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6228 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6230 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6231 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6232 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6236 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6237 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6239 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6240 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6241 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6242 to update the frame titles
6243 in case this is the second frame. */
6244 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6247 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6254 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6255 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6257 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6258 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6259 if (popup_activated ())
6263 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6265 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6266 mouse highlighting. */
6267 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6269 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6271 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6272 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6275 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6278 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6279 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6280 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6282 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6284 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6285 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6288 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6292 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6293 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6294 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6297 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6298 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6299 status_return even if the input is too long to
6300 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6301 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6302 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6303 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6304 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6305 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6306 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6308 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6312 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6313 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6314 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6316 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6320 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6321 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6322 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6324 /* This will have to go some day... */
6326 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6327 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6328 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6329 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6330 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6331 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6332 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6334 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6335 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6336 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6337 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6338 not it is combined with Meta. */
6339 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6340 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6345 Status status_return
;
6347 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6348 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6349 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6350 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6352 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6354 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6355 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6356 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6357 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6358 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6361 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6362 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6364 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6369 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6370 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6374 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6375 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6378 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6379 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6383 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6384 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6385 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6388 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6389 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6391 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6392 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6394 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6395 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6397 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6398 translations to characters. */
6399 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6400 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6402 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6403 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6407 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6408 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6410 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6411 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6413 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6414 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6418 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6419 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6420 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6424 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6425 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6426 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6427 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6431 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6432 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6433 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6434 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6435 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6436 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6438 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6439 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6441 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6442 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6443 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6444 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6445 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6446 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6460 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6461 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6463 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6464 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6466 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6467 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6469 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6470 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6472 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6473 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6475 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6476 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6478 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6479 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6481 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6482 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6484 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6485 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6487 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6488 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6489 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6490 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6491 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6492 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6493 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6494 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6495 don't have real modifiers but
6496 should be treated similarly to
6497 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6498 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6499 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6501 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6502 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6506 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6507 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6509 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6510 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6514 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6518 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6520 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6522 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6525 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6527 /* Decode the input data. */
6530 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6531 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6532 we used just above and the locale. */
6533 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6534 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6535 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6536 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6537 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6538 gives us composition information. */
6539 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6541 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6542 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6543 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6544 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6545 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6546 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6547 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6548 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6551 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6552 character events. */
6553 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6556 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6557 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6559 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6560 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6561 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6562 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6564 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6569 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6571 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6577 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6578 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6586 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6588 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6589 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6597 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6598 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6600 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6602 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6603 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6605 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6606 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6607 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6608 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6610 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6611 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6612 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6613 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6618 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6622 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6623 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6625 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6628 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6630 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6631 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6632 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6633 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6636 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6637 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6638 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6639 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6640 if (any_help_event_p
)
6644 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6645 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6646 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6651 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6656 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6657 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6658 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6660 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6661 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6662 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6664 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6666 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6668 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6669 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6673 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6679 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6680 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6681 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6685 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6686 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6689 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6690 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6691 will be selected only when it is active. */
6692 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6693 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6694 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6695 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6696 create event iff we don't leave the
6698 && (focus_follows_mouse
6699 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6700 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6702 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6703 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6708 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6709 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6713 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6714 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6715 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6716 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6719 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6720 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6722 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6723 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6724 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6727 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6728 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6729 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6730 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6735 case ConfigureNotify
:
6736 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6739 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6740 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6742 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6743 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6749 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6751 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6752 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6754 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6755 is called by the code that handles resizing
6756 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6758 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6759 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6760 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6761 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6762 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6763 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6764 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6766 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6767 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6768 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6771 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6772 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6773 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6777 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6778 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6779 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6780 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6783 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6787 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6788 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6797 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6798 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6801 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6802 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6803 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6805 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6807 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6808 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6810 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6813 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6818 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6819 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6820 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6823 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6824 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6826 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6827 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6829 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6831 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6832 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6833 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6834 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6839 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6840 if (! popup_activated ())
6843 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6845 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6846 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6848 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6849 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6851 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6852 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6855 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6857 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6858 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6859 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6863 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6864 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6865 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6867 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6868 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6870 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6872 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6873 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6875 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6877 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6878 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6881 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6883 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6884 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6887 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6890 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6892 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6893 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6894 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6898 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6899 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6900 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6901 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6902 Instead, save it away
6903 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6904 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6905 if (! popup_activated ()
6907 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6908 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6910 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6911 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6912 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6913 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6914 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6915 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6916 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6917 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6919 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6920 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6921 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6923 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6925 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6930 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6934 case CirculateNotify
:
6937 case CirculateRequest
:
6940 case VisibilityNotify
:
6944 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6946 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6948 case MappingModifier
:
6949 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6950 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6951 case MappingKeyboard
:
6952 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6957 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6962 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6964 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6965 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6967 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6972 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6974 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6979 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6984 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6990 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6991 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6992 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6996 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6997 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7006 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7008 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7009 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7010 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7012 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7014 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7016 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7017 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7019 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7022 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7029 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7030 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7031 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7033 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7034 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7035 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7038 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7041 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7044 int event_found
= 0;
7046 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7048 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7050 pending_signals
= 1;
7055 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7057 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7061 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7062 input_signal_count
++;
7066 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7067 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7069 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7070 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7074 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7079 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7082 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7083 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7088 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7089 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7091 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7099 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7100 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7101 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7102 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7104 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7105 from all displays. */
7107 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7109 current_count
= count
;
7110 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7112 gtk_main_iteration ();
7114 count
= current_count
;
7116 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7118 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7121 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7123 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7124 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7127 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7128 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7129 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7131 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7135 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7136 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7138 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7140 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7141 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7145 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7147 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7148 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7150 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7151 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7163 /***********************************************************************
7165 ***********************************************************************/
7167 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7168 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7170 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7171 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7172 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7175 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7177 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7178 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7179 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7181 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7183 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7184 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7185 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7186 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7187 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7189 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7193 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7196 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7198 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7199 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7200 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7203 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7206 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7207 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7208 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7209 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7212 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7213 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7214 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7216 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7217 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7218 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7219 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7220 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7222 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7223 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7224 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7226 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7227 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7228 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7229 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7233 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7235 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7236 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7237 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7241 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7243 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7244 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7246 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7247 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7249 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7250 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7253 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7254 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7255 the bar might not be in the window. */
7256 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7258 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7259 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7260 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7264 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7265 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7266 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7267 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7268 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7271 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7272 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7273 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7274 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7275 that the glyph is legible. */
7276 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7277 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7279 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7280 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7283 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7286 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7287 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7290 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7292 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7294 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7297 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7298 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7300 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7302 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7303 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7304 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7305 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7307 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7308 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7309 width
, row
->height
);
7313 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7316 width
= row
->height
;
7318 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7320 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7321 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7323 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7324 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7325 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7326 row
->height
- width
),
7327 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7330 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7335 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7338 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7340 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7341 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7342 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7343 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7347 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7350 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7352 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7353 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7355 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7356 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7357 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7362 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7365 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7367 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7371 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7372 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7374 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7375 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7376 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7377 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7379 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7380 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7384 switch (cursor_type
)
7386 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7387 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7390 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7391 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7395 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7399 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7403 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7412 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7413 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7414 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7419 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7426 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7429 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7433 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7436 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7437 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7438 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7439 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7444 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7445 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7446 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7448 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7449 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7450 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7454 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7455 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7461 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7462 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7465 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7467 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7469 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7473 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7476 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7477 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7481 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7482 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7486 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7487 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7488 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7489 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7490 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7492 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7495 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7496 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7502 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7503 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7506 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7508 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7513 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7514 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7516 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7517 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7520 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7521 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7522 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7523 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7528 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7530 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7531 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7533 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7534 be called from a signal handler.
7537 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7538 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7540 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7542 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7544 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7545 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7546 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7549 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7551 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7552 x_error_message
->string
,
7553 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7556 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7557 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7560 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7561 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7562 stored in *x_error_message.
7564 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7565 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7567 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7570 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7572 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7574 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7578 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7579 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7580 x_error_message
= data
;
7583 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7584 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7587 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7589 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7593 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7594 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7595 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7596 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7598 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7599 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7604 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7605 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7606 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7609 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7611 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7614 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7616 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7617 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7618 x_uncatch_errors ();
7619 error (format
, string
);
7623 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7624 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7627 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7629 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7632 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7635 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7638 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7640 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7643 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7644 * idea. --lorentey */
7645 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7648 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7650 while (x_error_message
)
7651 x_uncatch_errors ();
7655 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7658 x_catching_errors (void)
7660 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7664 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7667 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7672 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7673 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7674 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7675 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7676 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7679 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7680 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7683 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7684 must reestablish each time */
7685 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7690 /************************************************************************
7692 ************************************************************************/
7694 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7696 static char *error_msg
;
7698 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7699 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7702 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7704 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7705 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7706 int idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7708 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7709 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7710 handling_signal
= 0;
7712 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7713 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7717 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7719 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7720 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7723 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7724 that are on the dead display. */
7725 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7727 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7729 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7730 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7731 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7732 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7733 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7734 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7737 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7738 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7739 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7740 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7741 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7742 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7744 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7745 trying to find a replacement. */
7746 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7747 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7750 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7751 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7754 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7755 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7756 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7758 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7759 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7760 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7761 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7762 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7763 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7764 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7765 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7766 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7769 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7771 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7772 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7774 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7775 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7776 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7777 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7782 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7783 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7787 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7789 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7790 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7794 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7796 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7798 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7799 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7801 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7802 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7804 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7805 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7807 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7808 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7809 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7810 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7813 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7814 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7815 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7817 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7818 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7821 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7823 if (x_error_message
)
7824 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7826 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7830 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7831 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7832 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7834 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7836 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7837 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7839 static void NO_INLINE
7840 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7842 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7844 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7845 or colors that are not defined. */
7847 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7850 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7851 original error handler. */
7853 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7854 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7855 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7856 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7860 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7861 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7862 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7865 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7869 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7870 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7874 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7876 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7877 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7878 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7882 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7884 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7887 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7888 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7889 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7890 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7894 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7895 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7896 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7897 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7898 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7900 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7902 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7903 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7905 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7906 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7907 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7911 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7912 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7915 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7917 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7918 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7919 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7920 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7921 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7926 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7929 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7938 /***********************************************************************
7940 ***********************************************************************/
7946 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7947 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7948 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7951 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7953 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7954 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7958 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7959 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7961 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7962 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7964 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7965 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7969 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7970 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7971 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7975 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7978 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7979 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7982 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7983 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7986 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7994 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7995 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8002 XIMCallback destroy
;
8005 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8006 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8009 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8010 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8011 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8017 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8018 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8022 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8024 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8025 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8026 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8027 when the callback was registered. */
8030 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8032 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8033 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8035 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8039 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8041 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8042 as they have no XIC. */
8043 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8045 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8048 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8050 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8053 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8054 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8056 create_frame_xic (f
);
8057 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8058 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8059 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8061 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8062 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8071 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8074 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8075 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8076 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8077 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8080 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8082 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8086 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8087 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8090 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8091 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8092 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8093 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8094 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8095 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8096 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8097 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8098 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8099 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8100 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8101 least, hence the configure test. */
8102 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8103 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8104 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8105 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8107 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8111 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8114 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8119 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8120 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8121 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8123 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8124 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8125 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8126 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8127 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8128 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8129 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8130 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8132 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8135 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8139 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8140 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8143 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8145 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8147 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8148 is already for the top-left corner. */
8149 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8152 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8153 position that fits on the screen. */
8154 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8155 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8156 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8159 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8161 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8162 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8163 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8165 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8166 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8167 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8168 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8171 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8172 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8174 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8177 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8178 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8179 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8182 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8183 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8184 so the flags should correspond. */
8185 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8188 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8189 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8190 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8191 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8192 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8195 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8197 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8199 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8201 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8202 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8206 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8208 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8210 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8211 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8213 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8216 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8218 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8219 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8221 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8223 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8224 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8225 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8226 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8227 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8230 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8231 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8233 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8234 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8237 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8238 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8239 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8240 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8243 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8244 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8245 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8247 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8248 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8249 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8250 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8251 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8252 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8257 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8258 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8259 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8260 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8261 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8264 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8267 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8268 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8269 Window wmcheck_window
;
8270 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8271 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8272 long max_len
= 65536;
8273 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8274 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8275 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8279 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8280 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8281 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8282 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8283 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8284 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8286 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8288 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8289 x_uncatch_errors ();
8294 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8297 /* Check if window exists. */
8298 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8300 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8302 x_uncatch_errors ();
8307 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8309 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8310 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8311 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8312 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8313 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8314 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8316 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8318 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8319 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8320 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8321 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8322 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8324 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8326 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8327 x_uncatch_errors ();
8332 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8333 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8334 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8339 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8340 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8342 x_uncatch_errors ();
8349 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8351 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8353 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8354 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8356 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8358 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8360 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8362 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8367 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8370 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8372 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8374 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8375 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8378 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8379 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8380 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8383 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8389 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8390 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8391 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8392 long max_len
= 65536;
8393 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8394 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8395 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8398 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8401 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8402 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8403 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8404 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8405 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8407 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8409 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8410 x_uncatch_errors ();
8415 x_uncatch_errors ();
8417 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8419 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8420 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8422 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8423 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8425 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8427 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8429 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8430 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8432 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8434 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8435 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8436 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8440 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8444 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8447 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8449 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8450 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8453 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8455 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8456 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8458 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8460 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8464 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8466 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8467 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8468 are sent at once. */
8469 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8471 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8472 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8473 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8474 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8475 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8476 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8478 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8479 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8480 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8481 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8482 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8483 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8484 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8486 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8487 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8488 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8489 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8491 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8492 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8494 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8495 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8496 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8497 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8498 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8500 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8501 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8502 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8504 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8505 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8508 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8512 return have_net_atom
;
8516 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8518 if (f
->async_visible
)
8521 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8529 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8531 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8535 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8539 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8542 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8545 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8548 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8553 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8554 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8557 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8558 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8560 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8562 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8565 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8566 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8568 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8569 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8570 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8572 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8574 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8575 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8577 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8579 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8580 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8581 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8582 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8583 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8585 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8586 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8588 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8589 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8592 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8597 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8598 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8599 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8600 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8601 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8602 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8603 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8606 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8608 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8610 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8611 window manager window around the frame. */
8613 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8615 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8617 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8622 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8623 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8624 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8626 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8628 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8629 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8631 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8632 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8634 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8637 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8638 frame's position. */
8640 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8644 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8645 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8646 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8647 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8648 of an exact comparison. */
8651 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8655 while (count
++ < 50)
8657 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8659 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8660 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8663 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8664 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8668 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8671 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8672 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8675 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8679 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8680 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8682 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8686 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8688 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8690 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8693 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8694 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8696 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8697 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8699 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8700 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8701 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8702 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8703 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8705 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8707 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8708 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8709 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8711 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8716 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8717 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8719 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8720 break; /* Timeout */
8722 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8723 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8727 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8728 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8729 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8730 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8733 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8735 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8737 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8738 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8739 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8741 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8743 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8745 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8746 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8747 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8748 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8750 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8751 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8752 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8753 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8756 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8757 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8758 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8759 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8760 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8762 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8763 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8764 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8765 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8767 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8768 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8769 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8770 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8771 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8773 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8776 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8777 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8778 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8779 if (f
->async_visible
)
8780 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8783 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8784 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8785 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8791 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8792 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8793 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8794 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8797 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8801 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8805 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8806 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8807 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8808 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8809 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8810 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8811 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8812 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8813 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8814 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8816 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8818 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8819 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8820 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8821 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8822 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8823 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8824 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8828 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8829 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8831 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8832 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8834 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8836 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8838 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8839 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8841 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8842 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8843 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8844 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8845 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8850 /* Mouse warping. */
8853 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8857 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8858 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8860 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8861 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8863 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8864 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8868 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8869 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8873 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8876 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8880 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8881 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8885 /* Raise frame F. */
8888 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8891 if (f
->async_visible
)
8892 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8894 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8898 /* Lower frame F. */
8901 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8903 if (f
->async_visible
)
8906 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8907 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8912 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8915 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8917 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8918 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8921 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8924 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8925 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8926 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8928 Fcons (make_number (1),
8929 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8935 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8943 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8945 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8947 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8949 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8952 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8954 unsigned long data
[2];
8955 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8957 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8960 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8961 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8962 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8964 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8967 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8968 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8972 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8973 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8974 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8975 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8976 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8977 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8978 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8979 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8980 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8982 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8983 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8984 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8987 /* Change of visibility. */
8989 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8990 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8991 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8992 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8993 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8994 finishes with it. */
8997 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9000 int original_top
, original_left
;
9001 int retry_count
= 2;
9007 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9009 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9011 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9013 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9014 call x_set_offset a second time
9015 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9016 before the window gets really visible. */
9017 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9018 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9019 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9020 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9022 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9024 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9025 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9026 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9027 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9028 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9031 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9032 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9034 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9036 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9037 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9039 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9040 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9042 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9043 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9044 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9047 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9049 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9050 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9051 so that incoming events are handled. */
9055 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9056 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9057 will set it when they are handled. */
9058 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9060 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9061 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9063 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9066 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9068 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9069 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9070 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9071 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9073 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9074 because the window manager may choose the position
9075 and we don't want to override it. */
9077 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9078 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9079 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9080 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9081 && previously_visible
)
9085 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9089 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9090 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9091 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9092 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9093 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9094 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9095 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9096 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9097 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9099 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9100 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9101 original_left
, original_top
);
9106 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9108 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9109 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9110 MapNotify at all.. */
9111 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9112 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9114 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9117 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9118 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9119 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9120 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9121 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9123 if (input_polling_used ())
9125 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9126 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9127 handler reset it. */
9128 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9129 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9130 poll_for_input_1 ();
9131 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9134 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9135 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9140 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9144 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9145 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9146 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9147 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9149 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9154 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9156 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9159 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9163 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9164 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9166 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9167 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9168 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9172 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9173 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9174 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9175 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9176 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9177 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9180 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9181 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9184 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9185 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9190 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9191 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9193 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9194 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9198 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9199 just by the event that we get from the server.
9200 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9201 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9202 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9204 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9205 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9206 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9213 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9216 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9218 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9223 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9224 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9225 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9227 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9232 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9234 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9236 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9239 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9241 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9242 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9244 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9247 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9248 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9254 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9256 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9258 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9259 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9260 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9261 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9262 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9263 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9264 so we have to record it here. */
9267 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9268 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9273 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9274 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9275 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9279 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9281 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9282 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9286 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9288 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9290 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9291 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9292 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9293 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9294 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9295 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9297 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9298 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9300 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9301 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9305 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9306 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9307 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9308 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9309 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9311 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9312 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9314 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9317 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9318 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9322 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9324 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9326 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9328 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9329 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9332 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9333 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9335 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9337 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9341 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9344 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9346 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9347 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9348 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9350 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9355 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9356 commands to the X server. */
9357 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9359 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9360 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9362 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9363 free_frame_faces (f
);
9365 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9366 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9368 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9369 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9370 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9371 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9372 toolkit scroll bars. */
9373 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9375 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9376 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9385 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9386 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9388 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9389 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9391 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9392 we are using a toolkit. */
9393 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9394 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9396 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9397 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9400 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9401 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9403 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9404 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9405 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9407 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9408 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9409 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9410 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9411 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9412 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9414 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9415 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9416 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9417 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9418 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9419 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9420 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9421 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9422 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9423 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9424 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9425 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9426 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9427 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9428 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9431 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9434 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9435 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9436 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9438 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9439 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9440 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9441 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9442 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9443 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9445 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9447 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9448 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9449 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9450 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9451 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9452 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9453 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9460 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9463 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9465 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9467 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9468 commands to the X server. */
9469 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9470 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9472 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9476 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9478 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9479 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9480 that the window now has.
9481 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9482 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9483 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9487 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9489 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9490 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9492 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9493 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9495 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9496 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9498 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9499 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9501 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9502 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9503 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9504 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9505 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9506 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9508 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9510 int base_width
, base_height
;
9511 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9513 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9514 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9516 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9518 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9519 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9520 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9521 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9522 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9524 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9525 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9526 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9528 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9529 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9530 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9531 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9532 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9535 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9538 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9543 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9544 long supplied_return
;
9547 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9551 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9556 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9557 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9558 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9559 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9560 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9561 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9562 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9563 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9570 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9571 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9575 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9576 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9578 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9580 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9582 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9584 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9587 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9589 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9592 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9593 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9594 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9595 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9597 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9598 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9600 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9601 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9605 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9607 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9609 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9610 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9615 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9616 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9617 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9618 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9622 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9630 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9634 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9638 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9639 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9640 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9641 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9644 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9646 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9647 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9649 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9653 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9655 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9657 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9658 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9659 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9661 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9665 /***********************************************************************
9667 ***********************************************************************/
9671 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9675 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9679 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9680 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9681 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9684 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9687 /***********************************************************************
9689 ***********************************************************************/
9691 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9692 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9693 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9694 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9696 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9697 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9698 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9700 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9701 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9702 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9703 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9704 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9705 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9706 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9709 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9711 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9713 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9715 static int x_initialized
;
9717 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9718 the screen number from the server number. */
9720 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9723 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9724 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9725 int length_until_period
= 0;
9727 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9728 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9729 length_until_period
++;
9731 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9732 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9734 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9736 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9737 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9738 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9739 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9740 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9741 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9742 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9743 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9744 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9745 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9746 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9747 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9748 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9749 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9751 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9755 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9759 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9760 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9763 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9764 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9767 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9788 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9789 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9792 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9797 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9799 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9807 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9808 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9810 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9811 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9815 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9816 the structure that describes the open display.
9817 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9819 struct x_display_info
*
9820 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9824 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9825 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9827 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9837 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9838 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9844 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9845 char **argv2
= argv
;
9848 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9850 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9854 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9855 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9857 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9861 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9863 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9865 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9866 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9869 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9870 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9872 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9874 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9875 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9877 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9878 putenv (fix_events
);
9881 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9882 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9883 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9884 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9885 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9886 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9888 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9892 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9894 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9895 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9897 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9898 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9900 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9901 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9903 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9904 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9906 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9907 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9911 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9912 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9915 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9916 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9917 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9919 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9920 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9921 So let's not use it until R6. */
9923 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9934 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9935 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9937 turn_on_atimers (0);
9938 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9939 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9940 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9942 turn_on_atimers (1);
9945 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9950 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9951 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9952 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9953 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9954 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9956 /* Detect failure. */
9963 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9965 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9966 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9967 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9969 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9972 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9975 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9976 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9977 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9978 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9981 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9984 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
9985 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9986 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
9988 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9989 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9990 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9991 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9992 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9994 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9996 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9998 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9999 list of terminals. */
10000 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10001 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10002 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10003 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10005 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10006 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10008 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
10009 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10010 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10012 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10013 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10017 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10018 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10019 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10020 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10021 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10023 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10026 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10027 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10028 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10030 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10031 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10032 x_display_name_list
);
10033 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10035 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10037 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10038 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10039 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10040 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10043 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10047 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10048 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10050 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10051 SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10053 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10054 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10056 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10058 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10059 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10060 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10062 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10063 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10065 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10066 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10067 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10068 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10070 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10072 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10074 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10076 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10077 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10078 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10079 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10080 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10081 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10082 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10083 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10084 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10085 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10086 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10087 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10088 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10089 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10090 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10091 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10092 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10093 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10094 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10095 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10096 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10097 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10098 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10099 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10100 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10101 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10102 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10103 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10105 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10106 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10107 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10109 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10111 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10112 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10113 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10114 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10115 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10116 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10119 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10120 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10122 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10125 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10126 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10127 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10129 if (STRINGP (value
)
10130 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10131 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10132 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10136 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10137 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10141 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10142 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10143 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10144 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10145 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10147 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10149 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10150 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10154 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10156 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10157 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10158 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10159 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10160 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10161 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10162 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10163 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10164 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10173 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10174 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10175 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10176 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10177 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10178 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10179 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10180 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10181 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10182 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10183 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10184 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10185 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10186 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10187 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10188 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10189 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10190 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10191 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10192 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10193 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10194 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10195 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10196 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10197 /* For properties of font. */
10198 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10199 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10200 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10201 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10202 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10203 /* Ghostscript support. */
10204 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10205 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10206 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10207 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10209 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10210 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10211 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10212 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10213 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10214 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10215 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10216 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10217 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10218 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10219 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10220 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10221 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10222 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10223 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10224 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10225 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10226 /* Session management */
10227 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10228 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10229 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10233 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10234 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10235 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10236 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10237 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10238 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10240 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10241 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10243 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10244 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10245 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10246 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10248 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10249 False
, atoms_return
);
10251 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10252 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10254 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10255 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10257 xfree (atom_names
);
10258 xfree (atoms_return
);
10261 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10262 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10263 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10264 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10266 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10267 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10268 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10270 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10271 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10275 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10277 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10278 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10282 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10285 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10287 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10288 if (connection
!= 0)
10289 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10292 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10293 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10296 if (interrupt_input
)
10297 init_sigio (connection
);
10298 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10302 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10305 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10306 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10307 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10308 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10309 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10310 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10311 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10312 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10313 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10315 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10316 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10317 x_uncatch_errors ();
10321 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10322 for debugging X code. */
10325 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10326 build_string ("synchronous"),
10327 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10329 if (STRINGP (value
)
10330 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10331 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10332 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10337 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10338 build_string ("useXIM"),
10339 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10342 if (STRINGP (value
)
10343 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10344 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10347 if (STRINGP (value
)
10348 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10349 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10355 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10356 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10358 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10359 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10367 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10368 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10371 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10373 struct terminal
*t
;
10375 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10377 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10378 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10381 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10382 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10383 x_session_close ();
10385 delete_terminal (t
);
10389 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10391 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10392 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10393 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10394 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10395 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10400 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10401 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10403 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10405 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10408 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10412 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10413 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10415 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10416 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10419 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10421 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10422 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10423 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10426 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10427 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10428 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10432 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10434 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10435 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10436 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10437 that slows us down. */
10440 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10443 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10444 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10446 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10447 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10448 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10449 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10454 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10455 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10456 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10457 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10458 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10459 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10460 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10463 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10466 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10468 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10470 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10471 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10472 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10477 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10480 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10482 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10484 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10486 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10490 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10492 x_after_update_window_line
,
10493 x_update_window_begin
,
10494 x_update_window_end
,
10500 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10502 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10503 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10504 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10505 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10506 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10507 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10508 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10509 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10510 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10511 x_clear_frame_area
,
10512 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10513 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10514 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10518 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10520 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10522 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10524 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10525 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10526 if (!terminal
->name
)
10531 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10534 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10537 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10538 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10539 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10541 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10542 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10544 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10545 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10546 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10547 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10549 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10550 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10551 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10552 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10553 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10554 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10555 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10556 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10557 leaks in other situations. */
10559 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10560 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10562 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10564 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10565 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10566 closing all the displays. */
10567 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10571 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10573 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10574 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10576 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10578 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10581 /* Mark as dead. */
10582 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10583 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10587 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10588 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10590 static struct terminal
*
10591 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10593 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10595 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10597 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10598 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10599 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10601 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10603 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10604 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10605 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10606 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10607 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10608 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10609 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10610 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10611 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10612 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10613 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10614 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10615 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10616 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10617 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10618 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10619 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10620 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10621 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10622 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10624 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10625 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10627 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10628 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10629 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10630 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10631 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10632 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10639 x_initialize (void)
10644 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10645 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10646 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10649 current_count
= -1;
10652 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10653 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10655 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10656 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10658 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10660 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10661 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10662 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10663 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10664 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10665 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10666 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10668 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10671 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10673 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10674 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10678 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10679 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10680 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10682 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10683 original error handler. */
10684 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10685 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10687 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10689 xgselect_initialize ();
10694 syms_of_xterm (void)
10696 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10698 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10699 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10701 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10702 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10704 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10705 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10707 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10708 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10710 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10711 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10714 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10715 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10717 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10718 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10721 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10722 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10723 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10724 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10725 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10726 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10727 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10729 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10731 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10732 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10733 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10734 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10735 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10736 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10737 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10739 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10740 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10741 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10742 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10743 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10744 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10745 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10746 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10747 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10749 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10750 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10751 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10752 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10753 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10754 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10755 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10757 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10758 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10759 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10761 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10763 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10766 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10769 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10770 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10772 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10773 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10774 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10775 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10776 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10777 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10778 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10779 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10780 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10782 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10783 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10784 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10785 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10786 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10787 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10789 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10790 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10791 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10792 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10793 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10794 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10796 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10797 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10798 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10799 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10800 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10801 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10803 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10804 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10805 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10806 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10807 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10808 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10810 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10811 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10812 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10813 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10814 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10818 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */